<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bt+paul</id>
		<title>Bend-Tech 7x Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bt+paul"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Bt_paul"/>
		<updated>2026-04-15T05:28:20Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.30.2</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8100</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8100"/>
				<updated>2016-12-08T16:28:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Mechanical Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''***These advanced options should only be altered under the direction of a Bend-Tech support technician.***'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Backlash Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Test''' button to perform a backlash test with your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rectangle Gate Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to enter a calibration wizard to assist with correcting any amount your rectangle front gate might be off-center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Axis Step Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to adjust the motor tuning of any given axis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8099</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8099"/>
				<updated>2016-12-08T16:26:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Mechanical Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''These advanced options should only be altered under the direction of a Bend-Tech support technician.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Backlash Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Test''' button to perform a backlash test with your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rectangle Gate Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to enter a calibration wizard to assist with correcting any amount your rectangle front gate might be off-center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Axis Step Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to adjust the motor tuning of any given axis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8098</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8098"/>
				<updated>2016-12-08T16:24:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Mechanical Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Backlash Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Test''' button to perform a backlash test with your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rectangle Gate Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to enter a calibration wizard to assist with correcting any amount your rectangle front gate might be off-center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Axis Step Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Calibrate''' button to adjust the motor tuning of any given axis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8097</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8097"/>
				<updated>2016-12-08T16:11:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Mechanical Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Backlash Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rectangle Gate Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Axis Step Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png&amp;diff=8096</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Mechanical Settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png&amp;diff=8096"/>
				<updated>2016-12-08T16:10:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Dragon Mechanical Settings.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Machine.png&amp;diff=8082</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Options Machine.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Machine.png&amp;diff=8082"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:12:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Options&amp;diff=8081</id>
		<title>Dragon Options</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Options&amp;diff=8081"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:12:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Default Items */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Global Options=&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_General_Options1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Items===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Die:'''  Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Default Die:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Die1.png]] and select a die that you would like to be automatically set when opening a new part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Tube/Pipe:''' Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Default Tube/Pipe:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Material1.png]] and select a material that you would like to be automatically set when opening a new part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Machine:''' Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Default Machine:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Machine.png]] and select a machine that you would like to be automatically set when opening a new nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File Storage===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Data Libraries:''' Click on the text field labeled '''&amp;quot;Data Libraries:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Data_Libraries1.png]] or click the '''&amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Browse1.png]] button to designate a file storage location for your data libraries. This includes dies and material information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Parts:''' Click on the text field labeled '''&amp;quot;Parts:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Parts1.png]] or click the '''&amp;quot;Browse&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Options_Browse1.png]] button to designate a file storage location for your saved parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rotation Angle:''' Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Rotation Angle:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Rotation_Angle1.png]] and select the tolerance for how many decimal places the part's rotation angle will read by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bend Angle:''' Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Bend Angle:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Bend_Angle1.png]] and select the tolerance for how many decimal places the part's bend angle will read by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lengths:''' Click on the drop down menu labeled '''&amp;quot;Lengths:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lengths1.png]] and select the tolerance for how many decimal places or fraction increments the part's length will read by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unit of Measure===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Inches:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Inches&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Inches1.png]] option and the part dimensions and information will appear in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Millimeters:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Millimeters&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Millimeters1.png]] option and the part dimensions and information will appear in millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Auto-Save Frequency===&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''&amp;quot;Auto-Save Frequency&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Auto_Save1.png]] drop down menu and select the amount of time it will take for the software to save your progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Input / Interface===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Keyboard:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Keyboard&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Keyboard1.png]] option and the method in which you input your information will be constricted to your keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Touch Screen:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Touch Screen&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Touch_Screen1.png]] option and the method in which you input your information will be constricted to your touch screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Undo/Redo===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Number of Steps:''' Click the up and down arrows or key in a number into the '''&amp;quot;Number of Steps:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Number_Of_Steps1.png]] section to designate a number of undo or redo steps you can take when creating a design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc Options===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invert Mouse Wheel Zoom:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Invert Mouse Wheel Zoom&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Invert_Mouse_Zoom1.png]] checkbox and the mouse's zoom function will become inverted (scroll up to zoom out/ scroll down to zoom in).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Automatic Updates:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Disable Automatic Updates&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disable_Auto_Updates1.png]] checkbox and the software will no longer attempt to update automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Orientation Axis:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display Orientation Axis&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Display_Orientation_Axis1.png]] checkbox and the orientation axis will be shown on the display screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Display===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Normal:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Normal_Display1.png]] option and the background in the display screen will be normal by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Custom Color:'''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Custom Color&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Custom_Color_Display.png]] option and choose a default color to assign to the background in the display screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Image:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Image&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Image_Display1.png]] option and browse for a default picture to assign to the background in the display screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Output==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Output_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Rotation===&lt;br /&gt;
The rotation settings control how rotation values are displayed in the results table. Rotation can be measured in incremental or absolute terms. Each rotation angle range can also be chosen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Incremental:''' Select the &amp;quot;'''Incremental:'''&amp;quot; [[File:Dragon_Options_8.png]] option and rotation angles will start from the end of the previous bend's rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Absolute:''' Select the &amp;quot;'''Absolute:'''&amp;quot; [[File:Dragon_Options_9.png]] option and rotation angles will always start from the very beginning of the angle scale.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Angle_Scale1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle Scale:''' The rotation scale will determine what the rotation angles will range between. The rotation scale will show where the angle measurements begin and where they end. Choose a rotation scale by clicking on one of the scale options. The rotation scales available are '''0 - 360, 360 - 0, (-180) - 180, and 180 - (-180)'''. The '''0 - 90 - 0 - 90 - 0''' and '''0 - 90 - 0 - 90 - 0 Reversed''' options will be added when the '''Absolute''' option is chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Length/Location===&lt;br /&gt;
The length/location setting will determine how the bend location will be calculated in the results table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Distance from Start:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Distance from Start&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Distance_From_Start1.png]] option and bend locations will be measured from the starting edge of the tube. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Distance from End:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Distance from End&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Distance_From_End1.png]] option and bend locations will be measured from the ending edge of the tube. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Length of Straight Tube:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Length of Straight Tube&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Length_Of_Straight_Tube1.png]] option and bend location values will be the amount of straight tube between each bend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Table Location:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Table Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Table_Location.png]] option and bend locations will be based on index table values. If this option is used, the '''&amp;quot;Offset Distance&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Offset_Distance1.png]] between the table and the bend will need to be supplied as well as scale '''&amp;quot;Table Length&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Table_Length1.png]].  Check the '''&amp;quot;Indexing Begins at Die&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Indexing_Begins_At_Die1.png]] option if the scale begins at the die. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimension Location:''' [[File:Dragon_Dimension_Location.png]] This option determines where the bend location marks will be placed in reference to the bend. Bend locations can be placed at the start, center, or end of each bend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc Display Options===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display parentheses () for negative values:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display parentheses () for negative values&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Parentheses1.png]] checkbox and all negative values in the output results table will be surrounded by parentheses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Degree Symbol:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display Degree Symbol&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Degree_Symbol1.png]] checkbox and the degree symbol will be shown in the output results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Feet/Meters:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display Feet/Meters&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Feet_Meters1.png]] checkbox and the lengths of each tube including overall lengths will be shown as feet or meters in the output results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Minutes/Seconds:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display Minutes/Seconds&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Minutes_Seconds1.png]] checkbox and the minutes and/or seconds for fabrication time will be shown in the output results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Spring Angles:''' Check the ''''Display Spring Angles&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Spring_Angles1.png]] checkbox and the part's spring angles will be shown in the output results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Length of Bend:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Display Length of Bend&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Disp_Length_Of_Bend1.png]] checkbox and the lengths of each bend on a part will be shown in the output results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Custom Part==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Custom_Part1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Defaults===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut-Off Color:''' Select the color that will be assigned to the section of cut-off added to the part by clicking the color box next to the '''&amp;quot;Cut-Off Color:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Off_Color1.png]] heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tri-Star Scale:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Tri-Star Scale:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Tri_Star_Scale1.png]] text field to assign a size to the scale of the Tri-Star. 1=100% (Normal Size), 2=200% (Twice the Normal Size).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimension Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Dimension Size:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Dimension_Size1.png]] text field to assign a size to the dimensions shown on your parts. 1=100% (Normal Size), 2=200% (Twice the Normal Size).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Notes:''' Enter information about these settings in the '''&amp;quot;Notes:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Notes1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Misc Custom Part Options===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reverse Rotation:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Reverse Rotation&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Reverse_Rotation1.png]] checkbox to ensure that the rotation settings are shown in reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Miter Dimension Location (Default):''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Miter Dimension Location (Default)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Drag_Miter_Dimension_Default1.png]] drop down menu to select the default miter dimension location as it will appear in a custom part design. The options for this setting are '''Inside''', '''Center''' and '''Outside''' dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features to Display===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings will determine the kind of features that will be displayed on the part model in any of the single part design interfaces. Click the check boxes next to the features you want to have shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimensions:''' Length measurement values will be displayed on the part lengths. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut-Off:''' If any cut-off is added to the part, it will be represented on the part display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Apex Guides:''' For each bend, guidelines will extend from the part model to the verification points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tri-Star:''' The axis will be shown on the graphical display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Verification Points:''' Points will be displayed at the apex of each bend. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bend Highlight:''' The current bend will be highlighted in red on the 3D part model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cut-Off===&lt;br /&gt;
*The default cut-off start and end values can be defined here. Each new part will automatically have these cut-offs initially applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_CAD1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Dimensions===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Text Size:''' Enter the default text size for when you create dimensions within a project. This will be set to 1 be default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ext. Offset:''' Enter the distance that straight extensions will protrude from placed dimensions. This will be set to 0 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ext. Standoff:''' Enter the distance from the dimension points that straight sections will start from. This will be set to 0 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arrow Width:''' Enter the width of your arrows for placed dimensions. This will be set to 0.5 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arrow Length:''' Enter the length of your arrows for placed dimensions. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Arrow Type:''' Choose the arrow type for placed dimensions. Options are '''None, Single, Double, Closed,''' and''' Solid'''. This will be set to Double by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle Tolerance:''' Choose how specific your angle dimensions will read out when placed. This will be set to 'n' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tolerance:''' Choose the tolerance of either fractions or decimals for your horizontal, vertical and linear placed dimensions. This will be set to 'Fraction n/16' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Holes - Default Values===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Round''' Select the Round option and you will be able to adjust the default width of round holes in the corresponding '''Width:''' value field. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Square''' Select the Square option and you will be able to adjust the default width, angle and corner radius of square holes in the corresponding '''Width:''', '''Angle:''' and '''Corner Radius:'''' value fields. These will be set to 1, 0 and 0 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rectangle''' Select the Rectangle option and you will be able to adjust the default width, angle, height and corner radius of rectangular holes in the corresponding '''Width:''', '''Angle:''', '''Height:''' and '''Corner Radius:''' value fields. These will be set to 1, 0, 2 and 0 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oval''' Select the Oval option and you will be able to adjust the default width, angle and height of oval holes in the corresponding '''Width:''', '''Angle:''' and '''Height:''' value fields. These will be set to 1, 0 and 2 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ellipse''' Select the Ellipse option and you will be able to adjust the default width, angle and height of ellipse holes in the corresponding '''Width:''', '''Angle:''' and '''Height:''' value fields. These will be set to 1, 0 and 2 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Drawing Weight===&lt;br /&gt;
This section will determine the thickness of lines for each of the categories included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Material:''' Enter the material drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Points:''' Enter the points drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lines:''' Enter the lines drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holes:''' Enter the holes drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Text:''' Enter the text drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimensions:''' Enter the dimension drawing weight here. This will be set to 1 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marking:''' Enter the marking drawing weight here. This will be set to 2 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Etching:''' Enter the etching drawing weight here. This will be set to 2 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutting:''' Enter the cutting drawing weight here. This will be set to 3 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abbreviations===&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for setting up your abbreviations for holes made in Dragon's designer. These will be shown when you dimension the holes on the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Round:''' Enter the abbreviation for round holes in the text field here. This will be set to '''Rd.''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Square:''' Enter the abbreviation for square holes in the text field here. This will be set to '''Sq.''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rectangle:''' Enter the abbreviation for rectangle holes in the text field here. This will be set to '''Rect.''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Oval:''' Enter the abbreviation for oval holes in the text field here. This will be set to '''Ov.''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Ellipse:''' Enter the abbreviation for ellipse holes in the text field here. This will be set to '''Elps.''' by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for setting colors to the different actions and lines that will appear in your design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Marking''' Set the color that will indicate marking here. This will be set to green by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Etching''' Set the color that will indicate etching here. This will be set to purple by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cutting''' Set the color that will indicate cutting here. This will be set to dark red by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tube Edge''' Set the color that will indicate the tube edge here. This will be set to dark pink by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lead-in''' Set the color that will indicate the plasma lead-in here. This will be set to red by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lead-Out''' Set the color that will indicate the plasma lead-out here. This will be set to pink by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Points''' Set the color that will indicate points here. This will be set to black by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lines''' Set the color that will indicate lines here. This will be set to black by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Text''' Set the color that will indicate text here. This will be set to gray by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holes''' Set the color that will indicate holes here. This will be set to gray by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimension Lines''' Set the color that will indicate dimension lines here. This will be set to black by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimension Ext''' Set the color that will indicate dimension extension lines here. This will be set to black by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Dimension Text''' Set the color that will indicate dimension text here. This will be set to black by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Text===&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for setting up your text defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter the size of your text here. This will be set to 1 be default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Spacing:''' Enter the gap of your text spacing here. This will be set to 1 be default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Text Quality:''' Choose the visual quality of your text here. This will be set to Normal be default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Font Family:''' Choose the font used with your text here. This will be set to Arial be default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous Options===&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for setting up displayed imaging.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display XY Axis''' Checking the '''&amp;quot;Display XY Axis&amp;quot;''' check box will show the XY axis in any Dragon interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''XY Axis Scale''' Enter the intended height of the XY axis that will appear in the design display screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Prompt for Action Names'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simulation==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Simulation_Dragon_Options1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is where you will set up your default settings for bending simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Travel Speed:''' Set the speed of travel during a bend simulation here. This will be set to 2 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bending Speed:''' Set the speed of bending during a bend simulation here. This will be set to 5 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rotation Speed:''' Set the speed of rotation during a bend simulation here. This will be set to 5 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Animation Speed:''' Set the speed of animation during a bend simulation here. This will be set to 5 by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Bender:''' Set your style of bender during a bend simulation here. This will be set to Rotary Draw - Clockwise by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Quality:''' Set your visual quality during a bend simulation here. This will be set to Best by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''POB Bracket Color:''' Set your POB bracket color during a bend simulation here. This will be set to gray by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Misc_Dragon_Options1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Mach Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Program Location:''' Set the location of your Mach program by either entering the path location in the text field or browsing for it by clicking the '''Browse''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Advanced Debugging===&lt;br /&gt;
'''These advanced debugging options should only be altered under the direction of a Bend-Tech support technician.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculations===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Rounding Precision''' This value represents the number of decimal points that the software will round off by in cases when numbers are rounded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Miscellaneous Options===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Scrap Material (Import Only)''' Check this check box if you'd like all imported parts to be trimmed of their excess material. (Recommended)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Misc_Dragon_Options1.png&amp;diff=8080</id>
		<title>File:Misc Dragon Options1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Misc_Dragon_Options1.png&amp;diff=8080"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:10:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Misc Dragon Options1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Parts1.png&amp;diff=8079</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Options Parts1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Parts1.png&amp;diff=8079"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:09:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Dragon Options Parts1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Data_Libraries1.png&amp;diff=8078</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Options Data Libraries1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Options_Data_Libraries1.png&amp;diff=8078"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:08:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Dragon Options Data Libraries1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_General_Options1.png&amp;diff=8077</id>
		<title>File:Dragon General Options1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_General_Options1.png&amp;diff=8077"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T21:08:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Dragon General Options1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8076</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8076"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:55:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Backlash Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rectangle Gate Correction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png&amp;diff=8075</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Factory Settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png&amp;diff=8075"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:53:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png&amp;diff=8074</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Mechanical Settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png&amp;diff=8074"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:53:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png&amp;diff=8073</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Import Field Part ID.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png&amp;diff=8073"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:51:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png&amp;diff=8072</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Default Action Part ID.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png&amp;diff=8072"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:50:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png&amp;diff=8071</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Tool Settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png&amp;diff=8071"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:49:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8070</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8070"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:48:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Tool Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tool_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png&amp;diff=8069</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Action Settings.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png&amp;diff=8069"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:48:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8068</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8068"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:47:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Disable Corner IFR:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Action_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Action:''' Select the tool you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Default_Action_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import Field:''' Select the field you would like the machine to use for your part ID by default. [[File:Dragon_Import_Field_Part_ID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Mechanical_Settings.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Factory Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Factory_Settings.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8067</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8067"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:31:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Tool Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8066</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8066"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:30:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Mechanical Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Mechanical Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8065</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8065"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:30:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Tool Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8064</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8064"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:29:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Action Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8063</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8063"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:29:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Tool Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tool Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png&amp;diff=8062</id>
		<title>File:Drag Basic Settings2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png&amp;diff=8062"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:27:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Drag Basic Settings2.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8061</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8061"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:26:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Default Process Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 3 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cutter Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8060</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8060"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:25:23Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Basic Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 4 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cutter Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png&amp;diff=8059</id>
		<title>File:Drag Calibration Help1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png&amp;diff=8059"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:23:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Drag Calibration Help1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8058</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8058"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:22:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Main */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Calibration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Wizard===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Machine Calibration''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 4 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cutter Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8057</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8057"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:19:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Model */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Model===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select the model of the machine you're using in the '''Model:''' drop-down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Help===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Calibration Help:''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Make this machine active==&lt;br /&gt;
'''(OBSOLETE - Removed in previous version) '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Make_Machine_Active1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the '''Make this machine active''' check box and the settings for the selected machine will become active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 4 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cutter Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png&amp;diff=8056</id>
		<title>File:Drag Machine Properties1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png&amp;diff=8056"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:18:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Drag Machine Properties1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png&amp;diff=8055</id>
		<title>File:Dragon Machine Library Main1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png&amp;diff=8055"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:09:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: Bt paul uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Dragon Machine Library Main1.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8054</id>
		<title>Dragon Machine Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Machine_Library&amp;diff=8054"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:06:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Make this machine active */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Click on the Machine Library option in the Dragon software to set up a new machine, make changes to your current machine, or select which machine you are using for the next job.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Machine List=&lt;br /&gt;
*This list will show your machine(s) labeled in the way you have named them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Action Buttons=&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Add New:''' Click the '''Add New''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Add_New1.png]] button to add a new machine to the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete:''' Click the '''Delete''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Delete1.png]] button only if you're sure you would like to delete the machine and its information from the machine list. A warning window will pop up asking if you're absolutely sure of this action. If you need to consult a Bend-Tech staff member before making such a significant change to your software, please do so by calling our office at 651-257-8715.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone:''' Click the '''Clone''' [[File:Drag_Machine_Lib_Clone1.png]] button to clone your machine information. This will create a duplicate of the machine you have selected from the machine list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Save:''' Click the '''Save''' [[File:Drag_Save_Button1.png]] button to save any changes made to your Dragon machine settings or the list to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Close:''' Click the '''Close''' [[File:Drag_Close_Button1.png]] button to close the window after changes have been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Machine_Library_Main1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Properties==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Properties1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Machine Name:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Name1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Enter the name of your machine in the '''Machine Name:''' field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Size===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Size_12_21_foot1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the size of the machine you're using in the '''Size:''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tubing Capability===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tubing_Capability1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the option that indicates what tube capabilities your Dragon machine came with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Units_Of_Measure1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on whether you are working in inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calibration Help===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Calibration_Help1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the '''Wizard''' button in the '''Calibration Help:''' section to go through the '''[[Dragon Calibration]]'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_CAD_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Action Directions:''' Check the '''Display Action Directions''' check box and the software will display direction arrows withing the designer and nesting interfaces. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Trim Part Ends:''' Check the '''Trim Part Ends''' check box and the Dragon machine will be programmed to remove the excess material from coped and mitered end cuts. This is checked as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Transition Paths:''' Check the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths1.png]] check box and the software will display the path taken by the machine from action to action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Jaws:''' Check the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Jaws1.png]] checkbox to show the jaws of the chuck in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Display Dead Zone:''' Check the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Dead_Zone1.png]] checkbox to show the dead zone (or space of tubing that will not reach to the tool changer) in any nesting project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Colors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Transition Paths''' [[File:Drag_Disp_Transition_Paths2.png]] to indicate the color of the transition paths as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Jaws''' [[File:Drag_Jaw_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the chuck jaws as they appear in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the '''Display Dead Zone''' [[File:Drag_Dead_Zone_Color1.png]] to indicate the color of the dead zone as it appears in the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Make this machine active==&lt;br /&gt;
'''(OBSOLETE - Removed in previous version) '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Make_Machine_Active1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Check the '''Make this machine active''' check box and the settings for the selected machine will become active.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Basic Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Basic_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Default Process Order==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default Process Order Box:''' This box will contain the 4 different processes that will take place in the fabrication process [[File:Dragon_Process_Order1.png]](Marking, Engraving, Polyline Cutting and Cutting). To order these in the way you want them, select one from the list and use the '''Up''' [[File:Up_Arrow.png]] and '''Down''' [[File:Down+Arrow.png]] arrows to decide the procession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Part:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Part&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Part1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Shift:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Shift&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Shift1.png]] option to assign the process order to each individual shift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Order by Location:''' Click the '''&amp;quot;Order by Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Order_By_Location1.png]] option to assign the process order to start at the beginning of the tube in a shift and work its way down the tube's length regardless of the process that is to occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Post-Cut Dwell:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Post-Cut Dwell&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Post_Cut_Dwell1.png]] check box and add a value into the corresponding field to increase the dwell by the specified number of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc Options==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Reposition/Flip between parts:''' Check this check box if you'd like to have a reposition or flip occur between parts on a nested project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Warn about Possible Crashes:''' Check this check box if you'd like the software to warn you about possible collisions when running the Dragon machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark both sides of Bend:''' Check this check box if you'd like the Dragon machine to mark both tangents of each bend by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Long Travel Minimum:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Long Travel Minimum&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Travel_Distance1.png]] text field to indicate the least amount of distance that the machine will travel to still be considered a 'long travel'. '''A long travel will most likely be when the machine travels from one set of contours to another, or one end of tubing to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bend Marks (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the bend marks assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the bend marks to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Cuts (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the end cuts assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:'''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cat_End_Cuts1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be cut with the machine's plasma cutter by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Leg Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would like the end cuts assigned to its default action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be marked instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option and an end cut will be engraved instead of cut by default. The shortest a leg can be before this override occurs is defined by the Die Limitations within the Die Library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Part ID Marking==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Part ID Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Part ID Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the part ID information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the part ID will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the part ID lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Part ID Location:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Part ID Location&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Part_ID_Location1.png]] text field to designate a location down the length of the tubing where the part ID will be located by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the part ID to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Holesaw Info (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Holesaw Marking:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Holesaw Marking&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Marking1.png]] checkbox and your part will be either marked or engraved with the holesaw information by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Font:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Font&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Font1.png]] drop down menu to choose the font that the holesaw information will be marked or engraved in by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Holesaw Size:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Holesaw Size&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Holesaw_Size1.png]] text field to designate a size of the Holesaw information lettering. This will be in inches or millimeters depending on what your units of measurement are set to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the holesaw information to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saddles (Default)==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''None:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;None&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_None_Bend Marks1.png]] option if you would not like the saddles assigned to an action by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Mark&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Mark_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be marked with a marker by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Engrave:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Engrave&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Engrave_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be engraved by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cut:''' Select the '''&amp;quot;Cut&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Bend_Marks1.png]] option if you would like the saddles to be cut by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Cutter Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Cutter_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tool==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cutting Tip==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Shield Width at Bottom:''' Enter a width of your torch's consumable tip in the '''Shield Width at Bottom''' [[File:Drag_Shiield_Width_At_Bottom1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Angle of Tip Shield:''' Enter the angle of the torch's consumable tip in the '''Angle of Tip Shield''' [[File:Drag_Angle_Of_Tip_Shield1.png]] value field. This setting is used to detect collisions with the torch tip and material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pause for Drops==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enable Pausing:''' Check the '''&amp;quot;Enable Pausing&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Enable_Pausing1.png]] checkbox to cause the plasma torch to pause when finishing a through-cut or cope. This will ensure a clean cut-off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Minimum Length:''' Enter a value in the '''&amp;quot;Minimum Length:&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Minimum_Length1.png]] text field which will determine the minimum length needed before a pause can occur on an end cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Travel Direction==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Right:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Right&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Right1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the left and move to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Left:''' Click on the '''&amp;quot;Left&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Travel_Left1.png]] option and the cutting direction will always start from the right and move to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Large Tube Feed Rate Override==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Size:''' Enter a value in the '''Size:''' [[File:Dragon_Cut_Size_Feed1.png]] value field. If the width or height of any square or rectangular tube that is used exceeds this size, the corner cutting feed rate will be reduced to prevent the tube from releasing out of the chuck due to rotational speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Engraver Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Engraver_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Engraver Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Marker Settings=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Marker_Settings2.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Marking Tool:==&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Short):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a short distance travel of the engraver head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Short)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Short1.png]] text field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Lift Amount (Long):''' Enter the height of the lift amount for a long distance travel  of the plasma head in the '''&amp;quot;Lift Amount (Long)&amp;quot;''' [[File:Dragon_Lift_Amount_Long1.png]] text field.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8053</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8053"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T20:01:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Text Size: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_sTab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Properties===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Material Name:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Weight (per inch):====&lt;br /&gt;
*The weight of the material per unit can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color:====&lt;br /&gt;
*The color of the material can be chosen using the Color button. [[File:Color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polyline Resolutions:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum length for each segment in a polyline. A segment will be ignored if it is longer than this value. If the segment is shorter, it may be combined with an adjacent segment to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Angle:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum angle between two segments in a polyline. If the angle is smaller than this value, the two segments may be combined to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Offset:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum boundary offset for a polyline. If the combination of two line segments breaches the boundary defined by this value, the features will not be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mat_lib_1.png]][[File:Mat_lib_2.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Settings3.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*(OBSOLETE - Removed in previous version) This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
* (OBSOLETE - Removed in Version 1.05.00) This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lead In/Out Defaults==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Lead_In_Out_Default_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Extinguish Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out of the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Cut Lead Defaults===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''All other cut lead defaults can be set like the original cut lead defaults. These are meant for all cuts other that the start and end cuts of a part.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Default_Ignite_And_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==NRC Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_NRC_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Input Values===&lt;br /&gt;
*With NRC cutting, the further from the centerline you are cutting, the thicker the material is. '''This grid allows you to make fine tuning adjustments.''' With the default first line, the entire cut will have a feed rate of 150 inches per second (ips) and a height of .06. If you find that when it gets thicker it's not cutting all the way through, then you would add an entry so that when it gets to that thickness, it will slow down or cut at a different height. In the picture below, when the thickness of the tube is .13 or greater, the feed rate will slow down by 10(making it 140), and the height will not change. When the thickness is .15 or greater, it slows down the feed rate by 25(making it 125) and lowers the cut height -.01(making it .05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inputted values will include the top line indicating your initial '''Thickness, Feed Rate and Cut Height''' and adjustments in feed rates and cut heights based on the thickness you're encountering throughout the duration of the cut. These will be inputted with (+ and -) signs to indicate the adjustment that is to be preformed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inputted_NRC_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_xp_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 XP Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-85 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8052</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8052"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T19:42:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Torch Touch Off: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_sTab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Properties===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Material Name:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Weight (per inch):====&lt;br /&gt;
*The weight of the material per unit can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color:====&lt;br /&gt;
*The color of the material can be chosen using the Color button. [[File:Color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polyline Resolutions:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum length for each segment in a polyline. A segment will be ignored if it is longer than this value. If the segment is shorter, it may be combined with an adjacent segment to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Angle:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum angle between two segments in a polyline. If the angle is smaller than this value, the two segments may be combined to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Offset:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum boundary offset for a polyline. If the combination of two line segments breaches the boundary defined by this value, the features will not be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mat_lib_1.png]][[File:Mat_lib_2.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Settings3.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
* (OBSOLETE - Removed in Version 1.05.00) This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lead In/Out Defaults==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Lead_In_Out_Default_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Extinguish Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out of the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Cut Lead Defaults===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''All other cut lead defaults can be set like the original cut lead defaults. These are meant for all cuts other that the start and end cuts of a part.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Default_Ignite_And_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==NRC Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_NRC_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Input Values===&lt;br /&gt;
*With NRC cutting, the further from the centerline you are cutting, the thicker the material is. '''This grid allows you to make fine tuning adjustments.''' With the default first line, the entire cut will have a feed rate of 150 inches per second (ips) and a height of .06. If you find that when it gets thicker it's not cutting all the way through, then you would add an entry so that when it gets to that thickness, it will slow down or cut at a different height. In the picture below, when the thickness of the tube is .13 or greater, the feed rate will slow down by 10(making it 140), and the height will not change. When the thickness is .15 or greater, it slows down the feed rate by 25(making it 125) and lowers the cut height -.01(making it .05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inputted values will include the top line indicating your initial '''Thickness, Feed Rate and Cut Height''' and adjustments in feed rates and cut heights based on the thickness you're encountering throughout the duration of the cut. These will be inputted with (+ and -) signs to indicate the adjustment that is to be preformed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inputted_NRC_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_xp_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 XP Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-85 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8051</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=8051"/>
				<updated>2016-11-25T19:38:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Hypertherm Manual Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_sTab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Properties===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Material Name:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Weight (per inch):====&lt;br /&gt;
*The weight of the material per unit can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color:====&lt;br /&gt;
*The color of the material can be chosen using the Color button. [[File:Color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polyline Resolutions:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum length for each segment in a polyline. A segment will be ignored if it is longer than this value. If the segment is shorter, it may be combined with an adjacent segment to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Angle:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum angle between two segments in a polyline. If the angle is smaller than this value, the two segments may be combined to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Offset:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum boundary offset for a polyline. If the combination of two line segments breaches the boundary defined by this value, the features will not be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mat_lib_1.png]][[File:Mat_lib_2.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Settings3.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Typical Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was entered as 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting. '''This value should almost always be set to 0.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lead In/Out Defaults==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Lead_In_Out_Default_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Extinguish Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:12pt;color:#d50000;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
-Suggested Settings-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out of the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Cut Lead Defaults===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''All other cut lead defaults can be set like the original cut lead defaults. These are meant for all cuts other that the start and end cuts of a part.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Default_Ignite_And_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==NRC Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_NRC_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Input Values===&lt;br /&gt;
*With NRC cutting, the further from the centerline you are cutting, the thicker the material is. '''This grid allows you to make fine tuning adjustments.''' With the default first line, the entire cut will have a feed rate of 150 inches per second (ips) and a height of .06. If you find that when it gets thicker it's not cutting all the way through, then you would add an entry so that when it gets to that thickness, it will slow down or cut at a different height. In the picture below, when the thickness of the tube is .13 or greater, the feed rate will slow down by 10(making it 140), and the height will not change. When the thickness is .15 or greater, it slows down the feed rate by 25(making it 125) and lowers the cut height -.01(making it .05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inputted values will include the top line indicating your initial '''Thickness, Feed Rate and Cut Height''' and adjustments in feed rates and cut heights based on the thickness you're encountering throughout the duration of the cut. These will be inputted with (+ and -) signs to indicate the adjustment that is to be preformed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inputted_NRC_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_xp_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 XP Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-85 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=7733</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Settings&amp;diff=7733"/>
				<updated>2016-07-22T18:28:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab1.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_sTab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Properties===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Material Name:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Weight (per inch):====&lt;br /&gt;
*The weight of the material per unit can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Color:====&lt;br /&gt;
*The color of the material can be chosen using the Color button. [[File:Color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Type:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Units:===&lt;br /&gt;
*Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polyline Resolutions:===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_General_Tab3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum length for each segment in a polyline. A segment will be ignored if it is longer than this value. If the segment is shorter, it may be combined with an adjacent segment to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Angle:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum angle between two segments in a polyline. If the angle is smaller than this value, the two segments may be combined to create a single segment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Max Offset:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the maximum boundary offset for a polyline. If the combination of two line segments breaches the boundary defined by this value, the features will not be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mat_lib_1.png]][[File:Mat_lib_2.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Machine_Settings3.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lead In/Out Defaults==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Lead_In_Out_Default_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start/End Cut Lead Defaults: Extinguish Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out of the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Cut Lead Defaults===&lt;br /&gt;
*'''All other cut lead defaults can be set like the original cut lead defaults. These are meant for all cuts other that the start and end cuts of a part.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Default_Ignite_And_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==NRC Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_NRC_Settings1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Input Values===&lt;br /&gt;
*With NRC cutting, the further from the centerline you are cutting, the thicker the material is. '''This grid allows you to make fine tuning adjustments.''' With the default first line, the entire cut will have a feed rate of 150 inches per second (ips) and a height of .06. If you find that when it gets thicker it's not cutting all the way through, then you would add an entry so that when it gets to that thickness, it will slow down or cut at a different height. In the picture below, when the thickness of the tube is .13 or greater, the feed rate will slow down by 10(making it 140), and the height will not change. When the thickness is .15 or greater, it slows down the feed rate by 25(making it 125) and lowers the cut height -.01(making it .05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Inputted values will include the top line indicating your initial '''Thickness, Feed Rate and Cut Height''' and adjustments in feed rates and cut heights based on the thickness you're encountering throughout the duration of the cut. These will be inputted with (+ and -) signs to indicate the adjustment that is to be preformed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Inputted_NRC_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-85 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Tube/Pipe_Library&amp;diff=7732</id>
		<title>Tube/Pipe Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Tube/Pipe_Library&amp;diff=7732"/>
				<updated>2016-07-20T18:47:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[Main Page|Bend-Tech 7x Wiki]] :: [[Main Menu Bar]] :: [[Tools]] :: Tube/Pipe Library'''&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_3.png|left|150px]]The Tube/Pipe Library holds all the materials that can be used to create single parts. On the right side of the Tube/Pipe Library window, under 'Material List', is the list of each available material. To the right of this list is the area where tube/pipe material information will be shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each material is defined by supplying custom dimensions, a shape, and units of measure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To access the tube/pipe library''', click on the '''Tools menu''' and click on the '''Tube Library''' option in the drop down menu or click on the '''Tube Library''' option on the [[Task Menu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Material Details &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Material Name:''' This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Weight:''' The weight of the material ''per unit'' can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type:''' Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Units:''' Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:''' Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mat_lib_1.png]] [[File:mat_lib_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Color:''' The color of the material can be chosen using the '''Color''' button. [[File:color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add Tube/Pipe&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Manual&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To manually add a material to the library''', click the '''Add New''' button. [[File:add_die.png]] After this button is clicked, all the attribute fields will be available to enter data into. Once all the required details are provided, click the '''Save''' button [[File:save_die.png]] to add the tube/pipe to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_2.png|right|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Import&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tube/Pipe libraries from previous versions of the software can be imported into the current tube/pipe library. To do so, a valid '''tube library.txt''' file must be located on the desktop of the computer being used to run the software. If done correctly, the import library window will open when the '''Import''' button [[File:import_library.png]] is clicked. On the left side, there will be a list of the current tubes in the die library. On the right, a list of tubes from the imported library will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To add a tube/pipe''', select a tube in the Imported Library list by clicking on it and then hit the '''Add''' button. [[File:add_import.png]] Click the '''OK''' button to finalize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To add all tube/pipes''', click the '''Add All''' button. [[File:add_all_import.png]] Every tube/pipe from the Imported Library list will be added to the current die library. Click the '''OK''' button to finalize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove a recently imported die''', select the plate from the Current Library list and click the '''Remove''' button. [[File:remove_import.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Delete Tube/Pipe&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove a tube/pipe from the die library''', select a tube in the list and click the '''Delete''' button. [[File:delete_die.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Slot &amp;amp; Tab Settings&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tube_Library_Slot_N_Tab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''This will be the default widths, heights and lengths of all tabs and slots created in the software with this selected material.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tab Width:''' Enter the width of the intended tab in this value field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Slot Minimum Height:''' Enter the minimum height of the intended slot in this value field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tab Length Offset:''' Enter the length the tab will extend past the adjoining slot's inner wall (may be negative).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Slot Width Offset:''' Enter the amount to oversize the slot in reference to the adjoining tube's tab.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Tube/Pipe_Library&amp;diff=7731</id>
		<title>Tube/Pipe Library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Tube/Pipe_Library&amp;diff=7731"/>
				<updated>2016-07-20T18:47:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''[[Main Page|Bend-Tech 7x Wiki]] :: [[Main Menu Bar]] :: [[Tools]] :: Tube/Pipe Library'''&lt;br /&gt;
__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_3.png|left|150px]]The Tube/Pipe Library holds all the materials that can be used to create single parts. On the right side of the Tube/Pipe Library window, under 'Material List', is the list of each available material. To the right of this list is the area where tube/pipe material information will be shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each material is defined by supplying custom dimensions, a shape, and units of measure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To access the tube/pipe library''', click on the '''Tools menu''' and click on the '''Tube Library''' option in the drop down menu or click on the '''Tube Library''' option on the [[Task Menu]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Material Details &amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Material Name:''' This title will be used to refer to the material throughout the software. It is recommended to give each a unique, descriptive name to more easily identify each material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Weight:''' The weight of the material ''per unit'' can be supplied here. This value is completely optional, but it will be used to calculate the total weight of the part in the part designer interfaces above the results table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Type:''' Tube material can be either round, square, or rectangle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Units:''' Parts can be measured in either inches or millimeters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Wall Thickness, Diameter, and Height:''' Depending on the type of material chosen, there will be different dimensions that will need to be supplied. If the material is round or square, the wall thickness and diameter measurements will be required. These values will be entered into the fields on the material diagram. If the material is rectangular, the wall thickness, diameter/width, and height will need to be provided. Note: The diameter/width and height of all materials are measured from the outside edges. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mat_lib_1.png]] [[File:mat_lib_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Color:''' The color of the material can be chosen using the '''Color''' button. [[File:color_button.png]] This color will be used to shade the material in various areas throughout the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add Tube/Pipe&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Manual&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To manually add a material to the library''', click the '''Add New''' button. [[File:add_die.png]] After this button is clicked, all the attribute fields will be available to enter data into. Once all the required details are provided, click the '''Save''' button [[File:save_die.png]] to add the tube/pipe to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tube_library_2.png|right|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Import&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tube/Pipe libraries from previous versions of the software can be imported into the current tube/pipe library. To do so, a valid '''tube library.txt''' file must be located on the desktop of the computer being used to run the software. If done correctly, the import library window will open when the '''Import''' button [[File:import_library.png]] is clicked. On the left side, there will be a list of the current tubes in the die library. On the right, a list of tubes from the imported library will be shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To add a tube/pipe''', select a tube in the Imported Library list by clicking on it and then hit the '''Add''' button. [[File:add_import.png]] Click the '''OK''' button to finalize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To add all tube/pipes''', click the '''Add All''' button. [[File:add_all_import.png]] Every tube/pipe from the Imported Library list will be added to the current die library. Click the '''OK''' button to finalize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove a recently imported die''', select the plate from the Current Library list and click the '''Remove''' button. [[File:remove_import.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Delete Tube/Pipe&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To remove a tube/pipe from the die library''', select a tube in the list and click the '''Delete''' button. [[File:delete_die.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Slot &amp;amp; Tab Settings&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tube_Library_Slot_N_Tab1.png|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''This will be the default widths, heights and lengths of all tabs and slots created in the software with this selected material.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tab Width:''' Enter the width of the intended tab in this value field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Slot Minimum Height:''' Enter the minimum height of the intended slot in this value field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Tab Length Offset:''' Enter the length the tab will extend past the adjoining slot's inner wall (may be negative).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Slot Width Offset:''' Enter the amount you wish to oversize the slot in reference to the adjoining tube's tab.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7638</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Machine Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7638"/>
				<updated>2016-06-10T18:41:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Hypertherm Manual Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Machine Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tube_Pipe_Library1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Machine Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After selecting a material from the '''Material List''' switch from the '''General''' tab to the '''Machine''' tab to access your Material Machine Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extinguish Settings:===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out of the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-85 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Tips_%26_Hints&amp;diff=7548</id>
		<title>Dragon Tips &amp; Hints</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Tips_%26_Hints&amp;diff=7548"/>
				<updated>2016-05-31T13:11:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Frayed or Broken A-Axis Cable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''This page will discuss tips and hints that we've found useful for Dragon users who experience various difficulties with their machine and/or components.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Marker Slippage==&lt;br /&gt;
- Sometimes the markers placed in the marker holder slip freely and fall out of the holder. ''We recommend a black or silver Sharpie for this.'' If the Sharpie still slips out of its holder, wrap the marker in tape (we use duct tape, but any tape will do) to ensure that it is held securely in the marker holder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Marker_Holder_Tip1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rail Maintenance==&lt;br /&gt;
- Your Bend-Tech Dragon machine will require maintenance in is lifetime. The following is a small routine maintenance process that should be completed about once per week, or if you notice build up of grime or dirt on either the main rail or on the roller bearings of the chuck trolly. This process should take less than 10 minutes to complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Step 1)''' Send the chuck to the middle of the machine. (Either jog the machine to this location or manually move the chuck while the machine is off.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Step 2)''' Wipe down the entire reachable surface of the main rail. The section under the trolly will not be accessible during this step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Step 3)''' Begin the homing sequence. (Click the &amp;quot;Ref All Home&amp;quot; button  in your Mach software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Step 4)''' During the homing sequence for the X Axis, carefully wipe off the roller bearings on the chuck trolly as they are rotating at this slow speed from the homing sequence. (They tend to accumulate grime and dirt during the operation of the machine.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Step 5)''' Wipe down the section of the main rail that was covered by the trolly before the homing sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- This will provide a clean working environment for the chuck trolly to roll on and will increase the life of the trolly bearings.&lt;br /&gt;
To ensure that your rail/beam remains in pristine condition and operates up to our standards, make sure to follow through with this process as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rail_Maintenance1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Frayed or Broken Z-Axis Cable==&lt;br /&gt;
- In the event of a fraying or broken z-axis chain/cable, the part must be replaced. This will require a careful and attentive read through of the instructions contained in the link below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pdf2.png|link=http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/z_axis_cable_replacement_walkthrough.pdf]] '''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/z_axis_cable_replacement_walkthrough.pdf Z-Axis Replacement Cable]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Frayed or Broken A-Axis Cable==&lt;br /&gt;
- In the event of a fraying or broken a-axis chain/cable, the part must be replaced. This will require a careful and attentive read through of the instructions contained in the link below.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7162</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Machine Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7162"/>
				<updated>2016-04-27T16:55:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Hypertherm Manual Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Machine Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tube_Pipe_Library1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Machine Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After selecting a material from the '''Material List''' switch from the '''General''' tab to the '''Machine''' tab to access your Material Machine Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extinguish Settings:===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-86 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43 Manual]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7161</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Machine Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7161"/>
				<updated>2016-04-27T16:54:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Hypertherm Manual Links */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Machine Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tube_Pipe_Library1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Machine Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After selecting a material from the '''Material List''' switch from the '''General''' tab to the '''Machine''' tab to access your Material Machine Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extinguish Settings:===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-86 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 1000-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for Powermax 600-800-900-MAX42-MAX43]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7160</id>
		<title>Dragon Material Machine Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.bend-tech.net/wiki7/index.php?title=Dragon_Material_Machine_Settings&amp;diff=7160"/>
				<updated>2016-04-27T16:53:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bt paul: /* Ignite Type: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''The Dragon Material Machine Settings page is meant to show the user how the Dragon machine reacts to your different material and tooling settings. These are general guidelines meant to give you understanding about your material machine settings and how they operate both within the software and in the practical application of the Dragon machine.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dragon_Tube_Pipe_Library1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access the Material Machine Settings, first select the '''[[Tube/Pipe Library]]''' from the Dragon '''Task Menu Screen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After selecting a material from the '''Material List''' switch from the '''General''' tab to the '''Machine''' tab to access your Material Machine Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Machine Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Tube_Basic_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Kerf Width:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the size (width) of the cutting path determined by your plasma torch. This is generally between 0.05 and 0.06 depending on your plasma torch settings and type of torch you own. Consumables that you're using and amperage can change this number considerably, so we suggest a test in order to measure the exact width.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Minimum Web:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of material selected to be left between any nested parts. We recommend to set this number to 0.5 to indicate that a half of an inch will be left between these parts. This will help accommodate for lead-ins and lead-outs that may require this extra space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Default Length:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This section indicates your default stock length of tubing typically associated with this material. Every time you select this material, your stock length of tubing in your nesting projects will default to this number. This will be input in inches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Overlap:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the amount of under travel or over travel that a cut profile will perform. This can be changed under certain circumstances. One of which would be in order to leave a certain amount of material attaching your stock tube to the cut part in order to break it off after the cut is performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Size:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the text size used for auto generated text (such as holesaw information). This text will not be seen under most circumstances. Default should be set to 1. This is the height of the text (in inches).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feed Rates===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Material_Feed_RAtes1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This setting determines the rate at which the machine's torch moves in the act of performing a cut. ''These feed rates are dependent on your particular torch and thickness of material, so be sure to check your Hypertherm manual for exact cutting feed rates. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which the marker travels along the tubing. This can remain at '''100 inches per minute''' to ensure a smooth line with the marker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Feed Rate:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the rate at which your engraver travels along the tube. This should be set to '''30 inches per minute''' to ensure consistent engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Height Offsets===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Height_Offsets1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cutting Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the number indicating how far off the tubing the torch head will be located during cutting. This height depends on the model of torch you have as well as the material thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Marking Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the marker head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when marking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Engraving Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the engraver head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when engraving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Torch Touch Off:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number is meant to adjust the calibration values correlated to the height the torch head. (Example) If the tubing was calibrated to show a 1.75 OD, but the actual OD is 1.74, then you may enter a -.01 in this field in order to compensate for the difference in tube diameter when cutting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pierce Height:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This number will indicate the distance that the torch will be placed off of the tubing during the piercing process of a cut. This is always 2 1/2 times the cutting height. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact height. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ignite Settings===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Ignite_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Ignite Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-in ignite type that will be set to this material by default. '''Arc with Angle''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will initiate its cut into the material at an angle which will ease into an arc and then to the intended cut profile. This is a smooth ignite type and leaves little chance for error.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This will be the angle at which the initial cut eases into the intended cut. We recommend a '''45''' degree angle for the ignite cut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the pierce. This can differ based on your torch and material type and thickness. ''Refer to your hypertherm manual for an exact time. Links to manuals are located at the bottom of this page.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels into the cut profile. We recommend keeping this at around '''.125''' as a preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases into the actual cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extinguish Settings:===&lt;br /&gt;
*These settings are completely user specified and can vary based on the user's preference.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Drag_Extinguish_Settings1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extinguish Type:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will select the type of lead-out extinguish type that will be set to this material by default. '''Perpendicular''' is our preferred method. This means that the torch will extinguish its cut at a perpendicular angle after the cut profile has been performed. This is a  extinguish type that leaves the cut profile smoothly at a 90 degree angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Angle/Sweep:====&lt;br /&gt;
*Opposite of the ignite type section, this will be the angle at which the cut eases out of the intended cut. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dwell Time(sec):====&lt;br /&gt;
*This indicates how long the torch will remain on one place during the extinguishing stage of the torch. This can be set to '''0'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Radius:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is where the user will enter the radius of the arc that channels out the cut profile. This will be greyed out when the perpendicular extinguish type is set as a default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Length/Distance:====&lt;br /&gt;
*This is the length of the line that eases out of the cut profile. We can keep this relatively short. We recommend '''.125''' in most cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Material Machine Settings Video===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[https://youtu.be/q9D4oRMRbxo Standard Material Machine Settings]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hypertherm Manual Links===&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_45_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 45 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/hypertherm_powermax_65-85_owners_manual.pdf Hypertherm Powermax 65-86 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt_-_duramax_retrofit_for_1000-1250-1650.pdf MRT Duramax Retrofit for 100-1250-1650 Manual]'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[http://www.bendtechdragon.com/files/mrt2_-_duramax_retrofit_for_600-800-900-max42-max43.pdf MRT2 Duramax Retrofit for 600-800-900]'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bt paul</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>